mifr/subsurface
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/subsurface/subsurface.git synced 2024-12-01 06:30:26 +00:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity
subsurface/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git
Guillaume GARDET 2693735bb7 Documentation: Merge and update french translations 
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2017-07-04 07:48:28 -07:00

7548 lines
350 KiB
Text
Raw Blame History

This file contains ambiguous Unicode characters

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
<title></title>
<style type="text/css">
/*
* compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
* modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
* compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
* Licence: Public Domain
*
* Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
*/
* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
img { border: 0; }
/*** Layout ***/
body { margin: 10px 20px; }
#header br { display: none; }
#revnumber { display: block; }
#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
#preamble .sectionbody,
h2,
h3,
h4,
h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
.admonitionblock,
.listingblock,
.sidebarblock,
.exampleblock,
.tableblock,
.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
.tableblock thead th,
.tableblock tbody td,
.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
.ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
ol { margin-left: 2em; }
dd { margin-left: 3em; }
td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
/*** Fonts ***/
body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
font-weight: bold;
}
tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
font-style: italic;
}
.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
h3 { display: inline-block; }
h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.tableblock table {
border-collapse: collapse;
border-width: 3px;
border-color: #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
}
.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
border-left: none;
}
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
border-top: 1px solid white;
border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table tr td p.table,
.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
border: 0px;
}
tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
li { color: #a0a0a0; }
li > * { color: black; }
span.aqua { color: aqua; }
span.black { color: black; }
span.blue { color: blue; }
span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
span.gray { color: gray; }
span.green { color: green; }
span.lime { color: lime; }
span.maroon { color: maroon; }
span.navy { color: navy; }
span.olive { color: olive; }
span.purple { color: purple; }
span.red { color: red; }
span.silver { color: silver; }
span.teal { color: teal; }
span.white { color: white; }
span.yellow { color: yellow; }
span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
span.black-background { background: black; }
span.blue-background { background: blue; }
span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
span.gray-background { background: gray; }
span.green-background { background: green; }
span.lime-background { background: lime; }
span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
span.navy-background { background: navy; }
span.olive-background { background: olive; }
span.purple-background { background: purple; }
span.red-background { background: red; }
span.silver-background { background: silver; }
span.teal-background { background: teal; }
span.white-background { background: white; }
span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
span.big { font-size: 2em; }
span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
/*** Misc ***/
.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
.attribution { text-align: right; }
ul { list-style-type: disc; }
ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
@media screen {
body {
max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
margin-left: 16em;
}
#toc {
position: fixed;
top: 0;
left: 0;
bottom: 0;
width: 13em;
padding: 0.5em;
padding-bottom: 1.5em;
margin: 0;
overflow: auto;
border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
background-color: white;
}
#toc .toclevel1 {
margin-top: 0.5em;
}
#toc .toclevel2 {
margin-top: 0.25em;
display: list-item;
color: #aaaaaa;
}
#toctitle {
margin-top: 0.5em;
}
}
</style>
<script type="text/javascript">
/*<![CDATA[*/
var asciidoc = { // Namespace.
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Table Of Contents generator
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/* Author: Mihai Bazon, September 2002
* http://students.infoiasi.ro/~mishoo
*
* Table Of Content generator
* Version: 0.4
*
* Feel free to use this script under the terms of the GNU General Public
* License, as long as you do not remove or alter this notice.
*/
/* modified by Troy D. Hanson, September 2006. License: GPL */
/* modified by Stuart Rackham, 2006, 2009. License: GPL */
// toclevels = 1..4.
toc: function (toclevels) {
function getText(el) {
var text = "";
for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
if (i.nodeType == 3 /* Node.TEXT_NODE */) // IE doesn't speak constants.
text += i.data;
else if (i.firstChild != null)
text += getText(i);
}
return text;
}
function TocEntry(el, text, toclevel) {
this.element = el;
this.text = text;
this.toclevel = toclevel;
}
function tocEntries(el, toclevels) {
var result = new Array;
var re = new RegExp('[hH]([1-'+(toclevels+1)+'])');
// Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
// nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
// browsers).
var iterate = function (el) {
for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
}
iterate(i);
}
}
}
iterate(el);
return result;
}
var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
if (!toc) {
return;
}
// Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
var i;
for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
&& entry.getAttribute("class")
&& entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
}
for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
}
// Rebuild TOC entries.
var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
var entry = entries[i];
if (entry.element.id == "")
entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
var a = document.createElement("a");
a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
var div = document.createElement("div");
div.appendChild(a);
div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
toc.appendChild(div);
}
if (entries.length == 0)
toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
},
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Footnotes generator
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/* Based on footnote generation code from:
* http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
*/
footnotes: function () {
// Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
var i;
var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
if (!noteholder) {
return;
}
var entriesToRemove = [];
for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
entriesToRemove.push(entry);
}
for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
}
// Rebuild footnote entries.
var cont = document.getElementById("content");
var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
var refs = {};
var n = 0;
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
n++;
var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
if (!note) {
// Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
// Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
spans[i].innerHTML =
"[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
}
noteholder.innerHTML +=
"<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
"<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
}
}
if (n == 0)
noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
else {
// Process footnoterefs.
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
n = refs[href];
spans[i].innerHTML =
"[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
}
}
}
},
install: function(toclevels) {
var timerId;
function reinstall() {
asciidoc.footnotes();
if (toclevels) {
asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
}
}
function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
clearInterval(timerId);
reinstall();
}
timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
if (document.addEventListener)
document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
else
window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
}
}
asciidoc.install(3);
/*]]>*/
</script>
</head>
<body class="article">
<div id="header">
</div>
<div id="content">
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual authors</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves,
Stefan Fuchs</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.6, March 2017</em></span></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu&#8217;utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
d&#8217;enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
rapport à d&#8217;autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Avez-vous besoin d&#8217;une façon d&#8217;enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d&#8217;ordinateur de plongée ?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Souhaitez-vous inclure facilement les positions GPS des sites de plongées
dans votre carnet de plongée ?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d&#8217;ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
partir de tous ces équipements de plongée, en enregistrant et en analysant
ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous plus d&#8217;un système d&#8217;exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
d&#8217;accéder à votre carnet de plongées sur chaque système d&#8217;exploitation en
utilisant une application unique.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac mais votre ordinateur de plongée n&#8217;a que des
logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
exemple Mares ou scubapro) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et
d&#8217;analyser vos enregistrements de plongées sur d&#8217;autres systèmes
d&#8217;exploitation.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Avez-vous besoin d&#8217;un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Avez-vous besoin d&#8217;un moyen d&#8217;enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de
plongée sur Internet, vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis
n&#8217;importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Souhaitez-vous pouvoir accéder ou modifier votre carnet de plongée en
utilisant un smartphone ?
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win 7 or later from
version 4.6 of <em>Subsurface</em> onwards), Intel based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux
distributions. <em>Subsurface</em> can be built for many more hardware platforms
and software environments where Qt and libdivecomputer are available.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This manual explains how to use the <em>Subsurface</em> program. To install the
software, consult the <em>Downloads</em> page on the
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>. Please discuss
issues with this program by sending an email to
<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">our mailing list</a> and report bugs
at <a href="https://github.com/Subsurface-divelog/subsurface/issues">our bugtracker</a>.
For instructions on how to build the software and (if needed) its
dependencies please consult the INSTALL file included with the source code.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
professionnels</p></div>
<div id="toc">
<div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
<noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_utilisation_de_ce_manuel">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external
controls for paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are
provided:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on the
keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see
image below). For instance, typing the word "<em>weights</em>" into the search
text box, searches throughout the user manual. To the right of the search
text box are two arrows pointing up and down. These find the previous and
the next occurrence of the search term.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/UserManualSearch.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. Move between links (underlined words that jump to
specific sections in the user manual) by right-clicking on the text of the
manual. This brings up a context menu to PREVIOUS links selected. (see
image below). For instance if a link has been selected, then the option to
<em>Go Back</em> shows the text at the previous link selected (similar to the
Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option jumps
to the text seen before selecting the <em>Go Back</em> option. The <em>Reload</em> option
reloads the complete user manual into the window.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/UserManualLinksBack.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> pour servir ses utilisateurs de la
meilleur manière qu&#8217;il soit, il est important d&#8217;avoir des informations sur
les utilisateurs. À l&#8217;ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir utilisé le
logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage apparait. Cela
est complètement optionnel et l&#8217;utilisateur contrôle quelles informations
sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de <em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les
données que l&#8217;utilisateur envoie sont utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour
les futurs développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux
aux besoins des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage
ou cliquez sur l&#8217;option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la
dernière communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos
habitudes de plongées ou d&#8217;utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez
envoyer un nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l&#8217;option
<em>--survey</em> sur la ligne de commande.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> window is usually divided into four panels with a <strong>Main
Menu</strong> (File Edit Import Log View Share Help) at the top of the window (for
Windows and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The
four panels are:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, affichant toutes les plongées du
journal (carnet) de plongées de l&#8217;utilisateur. Une plongée peut être
sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant dessus. Dans
la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée pour passer
d&#8217;une plongée à l&#8217;autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil important pour
manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
l&#8217;utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. L'échelle de la carte
peut être augmentée ou réduite.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
en surbrillance.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. Vous
pouvez zoomer sur le profil de plongée pour une vue plus détaillée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
séparateurs, pour qu&#8217;au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
positions.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>,
l&#8217;emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
<em>plongée sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. Si
plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en surbrillance est
la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les plongées mises en
surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l&#8217;onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du panneau
<strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les durées, les
températures de l&#8217;eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et nombre de
plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>L&#8217;utilisateur décide quels panneaux sont affichés, parmi les 4, en
sélectionnant l&#8217;option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
permet plusieurs choix d&#8217;affichage :</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Like other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these options
can also be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts are shown with
an underline in the main menu entries, with the Alt-key pressed, or are
denoted after the menu item.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n&#8217;affiche aucune
information, parce qu&#8217;il n&#8217;a aucune information de plongée disponible. Dans
les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau carnet de plongée
sera détaillée.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier &#8594; Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S&#8217;il existe des données non encore
enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l&#8217;utilisateur devra sélectionner s&#8217;il
faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Maintenant qu&#8217;un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
ajouter des données. <em>Subsurface</em> comporte plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
données de plongée au carnet.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si l&#8217;utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
de
carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
n&#8217;a pas
utilisé d&#8217;ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
carnet manuscrit. Voir <a href="#S_EnterData">Entrer les informations de plongée
à la main</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
tableur
soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D :
Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une plongée est enregistrée par un ordinateur de plongée, le profil de
profondeur et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
obtenues. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
L&#8217;ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer
de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée</a>;
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d&#8217;ordinateurs de
plongée. Voir
<a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d&#8217;autres
sources de données numériques ou d&#8217;autres formats de données</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de plongées.
Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
des ordinateurs de plongées ou d&#8217;autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and the divemaster or dive
guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
information for each dive. To add a dive to a dive log, select <em>Log &#8594; Add
Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three panels on which to
enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel (<strong>Notes</strong> and
<strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays a graphical
profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked <span class="red">A</span>,
<span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will now be
explained for data entry.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When you edit a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters
<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the
<strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the
panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a
dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>,
<em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before applying the
information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the
information for this specific dive is saved in memory but NOT written to
disk. The <em>Apply changes</em> button should ONLY be selected after all parts of
a dive have been entered. When closing Subsurface, the program will ask
again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on disk or
not.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
function of time) is shown in the panel on the top right hand of the
<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
best represent the dive described:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
profile, its position is shown by two right-angled red lines as seen below.
The time and depth represented by the cursor are indicated at the top of the
black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on the axes are
determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile itself comprises
several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots on the profile, as
shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the dive depth was 20 m
then you need to drag the appropriate waypoints downward to 20 m. To add a
waypoint, double-click on any line segment. To move an additional waypoint,
drag it. Moving can also be done by selecting the waypoint and using the
arrow keys. To remove a waypoint, right-click on it and choose "Remove this
point" from the context menu. Drag the waypoints to represent an accurate
time duration for the dive. Below is a dive profile for a dive to 20 m for
30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is indicated
along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the first gas
mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the case of the
profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile can be
changed by right-clicking on the particular waypoint and selecting the
appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing the gas for a waypoint
affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the right</em> of that waypoint. Note
that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in the context
menu (see image below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile now defined, more details must be added to have a fuller
record of the dive. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the
top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used. Click on
<a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions on how to use these tabs.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée</h3>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
capture this information, using dive details from a wide range of dive
computers. The latest list of supported dive computers can be found at:
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in PC-Communication
mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer&#8217;s battery</strong>. We recommend the
user checks to be sure the dive computer is charged when connected to the
USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and Mares dive computers do
not recharge through the USB connection. Users should refer to the dive
computer&#8217;s manual if they are unsure whether the dive computer recharges its
batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
<em>Subsurface</em>, the two pieces of equipment must communicate with one
another. This involves setting up the communications port (or mount point)
of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the dive
computer. To set up this communication, users need to find the appropriate
information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the dive
information.
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieve this for
different operating systems and
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user&#8217;s PC using these
steps:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
(Se reporter au manuel de l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import &#8594; Import From Dive
Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in memory, even though
these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that reason, if
the dive computer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not
been downloaded before. This makes the download process faster on most dive
computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at least for
those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
<strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
(Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth
port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a> and
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for
a specific dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct settings
to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is running.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only
downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> has been accidentally
deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from
the dive computer, this box needs to be checked. Some dive computers
(e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive
computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
<em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
when there are problems with downloads(see below).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Then select the <em>Download</em> button. With communication established, you can
see how the data are retrieved from the dive computer. Depending on the
make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this could take
some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the
bottom of the dialogue. Remember for some dive computers progress
information could be inaccurate since <em>Subsurface</em> doesn’t know how much
downloadable data there are until the download is complete. After the dives
have been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the right-hand side
of the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the
table, showing the date, duration and depth. Next to each dive is a
checkbox: check all the dives that need to be transferred to the <strong>Dive
List</strong>. In the case of the image above, the last six dives are checked and
will be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then click the <em>OK</em> button at the
bottom of the dialogue. All the imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>,
sorted by date and time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to
conserve its battery power.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
message is shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares
(Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Check the following:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Is the dive computer’s battery fully charged? If not then charge or replace
it.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work using other software?
Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being used? Are
the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a> to be sure the correct Mount Point was specified (see above).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
USB port? If not, consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
A</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognize the USB adaptor by showing
an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
possibility the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the most
common cause of communication failure between a dive computer and
<em>Subsurface</em>. It’s also possible <em>Subsurface</em> cannot interpret the
data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with the following two
boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed above:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
during the download process. Under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the information will be saved. The default folder is the one in which the
<em>Subsurface</em>
dive log is kept.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
checked, no dives are added to the
<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface.log
subsurface.bin</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
analyzed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
</div></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive
computers and <em>Subsurface</em>, for or instance, the Shearwater Petrel Mk2 and
the OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication
requires four steps:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Ensure Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Ensure <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in
PC upload mode.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Ensure <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting <em>Import &#8594; Import from dive
computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. After checking the box labelled <em>"Choose
Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_sur_linux_ou_macos">Sur Linux ou MacOS :</h5>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right hand side, On the left hand
side, if the computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices
you can use the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to
<em>Subsurface</em>. The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown
below the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> box. If
the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the local
Bluetooth device. Ensure the Bluetooth driver is installed correctly on the
<em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other Bluetooth
utilities like <em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This completes the first two
steps above. Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload
mode and it is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual
of the dive computer for more information. Now the third item in the list
above has been finished. Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left
of the dialogue above. After searching, the dive computer should be listed
(perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list box on
the lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this does not work,
select the <em>Clear</em> button, then scan again for Bluetooth devices using the
<em>Scan</em> button. After taking these actions <em>Subsurface</em> should see the dive
computer. The label of the discovered dive computer contains the name of
the device, its address and its pairing status. If the device is not paired
and has a red background color, a context menu can be opened by selecting
the item with a right-click. Select the the <em>Pair</em> option and wait for the
task to complete. If this dive computer is being paired to Subsurface for
the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will request a Pass Code or PIN
number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000, and this works for the
Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user manual of the dive
computer being used.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use
other OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
Agent registered
[bluetooth]# default-agent
Default agent request successful
[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
Request PIN code
[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
</div></div>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired, press the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue. This
closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the <em>Download from
dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The downloaded dives are
shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the
right is not displayed as is the case on the Linux/Mac systems. To start a
scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button) check that the Bluetooth device on the
<em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting the dive computer from the
list of available Bluetooth devices (see image above). If the dive computer
is being accessed by Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface
will request a Pass Code or PIN number. Supply the Pass Code recommended in
the user manual of the dive computer. A Pass Code or PIN of 0000 is often
the default.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during the download
process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask
permission and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a device,
Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a discovered
item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. Finally select the <em>Download</em>
button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to complete.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth adapters which use
Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet
One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it will not work. However,
Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers (e.g. iSonic) that
support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A log message on the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select
another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection
dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download
mode"</em> option.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
<em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
<a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if a buddy’s dive computer is
the same make and model as your own and dive logs are uploaded from both
dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then you might like to
call one "Alice&#8217;s Suunto D4" and the other "Bob&#8217;s Suunto D4". Alternatively,
consider a technical diver who dives with two or more dive computers of the
same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. In this case it might
be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and another "Suunto D4
(2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log
&#8594; Edit device names</em>. A dialog box opens, showing the current Model, ID and
Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. Edit the Nickname field for
the appropriate dive computer. After saving the Nickname, the dive logs show
the nickname for that particular device instead of the model name, allowing
easy identification of devices.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_MultipleDiveComputers">5.2.4. Uploading data for a specific dive from more than one dive computer</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Some divers use more than one dive computer at the same time, e.g. during
technical diving. If you import the dive profiles from these different dive
computers into <em>Subsurface</em>, the profiles can be viewed
independently. During upload the data from the dive computers are
automatically merged into a single dive. The different profiles are
presented on the <em>Profile</em> panel with the name of each dive computer
indicated at the bottom left. <strong>While the dive is highlighted in the <em>Dive
List</em></strong>, switch between the profiles of the different dive computers by using
either the left/right arrow keyboard keys or by selecting <em>View &#8594; Previous
DC</em> or <em>View &#8594; Next DC</em>. The data in the <em>Notes</em> panel are not affected by
the specific dive computer that is selected.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.5. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
computer is not complete and more details must be added to have a full
record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the
top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record, the user needs to add additional
information by hand. The procedure below is virtually identical for
hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, you must provide the date and time of the dive, for example
when entering a dive by hand or when a dive computer doesn’t provide the
date and time of the dive. (Usually the date and time of the dive, gas
mixture and water temperature are shown as obtained from the dive computer)
If the contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the
message in a blue box at the top of the panel shows the dive is being
edited. If you click on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are visible
(left hand image, below):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive
information. The <strong>Date</strong> and <strong>Time</strong> fields reflects the date and time of the
dive. By clicking the date, a calendar is displayed for selecting the
correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and
minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
box and by over-typing the information displayed.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
temperature information and this box may have information.
If air temperature isn’t provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air temperature.
If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
automatically supplied by
<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
be used).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_locations"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. The dive
information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore NOT be edited
at the same time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive
information (e.g. divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive)
by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab BEFORE editing the dive site
information. Then supply a dive site name in the textbox labelled <em>Location</em>
on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". If
several dives are made at the same location, the site information for the
first dive is re-used. Existing dive locations can be edited by selecting
(on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive done at that site and by opening the
location information. Click the globe button on the right of the location
name (see image image <strong>A</strong> below). When typing the name of a dive site, a
dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names. If the dive site
has been used before, click on the already-existing name. The dive site
names in the dropdown list contain either a globe symbol (indicating
existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database) or a <strong>+</strong> symbol
(indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the current dive
site name but which haven’t been added to the dive site database). If the
present dive site has not been used before, a message appears as follows
(image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click the globe button and a panel appears to enter the coordinates and
other information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>, above). The most important
items are the coordinates of the site. There are three ways to specify
coordinates:</p></div>
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
<li>
<p>
Use the world map in the bottom right hand part of the <em>Subsurface</em>
window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No location data - Move
the map and double-click to set the dive location". Doubleclick at the
appropriate place, and the orange bar disappears and the coordinates are
stored.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Use eiher the Subsurface-Mobile App or the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion App on an
Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the dive site coordinates were
stored using one of these apps. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more
information</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Enter coordiantes by hand if they are known, using one of four formats with
latitude followed by longitude:
</p>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
30.821798</code></pre>
</div></div>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
don&#8217;t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d
W20d. If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, save the
dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of
the panel.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the location
name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no name
causes problems. (Subsurface will think all of these
dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
same).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If you typed coordinates into the appropriate
text box, you can do an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
This is done when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom
of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
sites named "Blue Hole", all of them are listed.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and
Notes), then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive
site. The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe
icon to the right of the dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing you to choose the type of dive
performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default setting, for most recreational dives),
Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the divemaster or dive guide should be
entered in this field
which offers auto selection based on the list of divemasters in
the current logbook.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, enter the name(s) of the buddy or buddies
(separated with commas) who were on the
dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
offered.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
Auto selection of the suit description is available.
Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
suit and thermal under suit was used.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: Provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Provide a rating of visibility during the
dive on a 5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive done can be entered
here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
cave, etc.
<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. By starting to type a tag, <em>Subsurface</em> lists
the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, by typing
<code>cav</code>, the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown to choose from.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the
information for tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
panel. Use them when <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been added. The image
<a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> shows an example of a
<strong>Notes tab</strong> after completing the dive information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allow entering information about the type of cylinder and
gas used, as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in the blue
box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>shows the equipment is being edited. This is a highly interactive part of
<em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
determines the behavior of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
like this:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive
computers, <em>Subsurface</em> often gets the gas used from the dive computer and
automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the
table. The + button at the top right allows adding more cylinders for this
dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows you to delete information for
a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used
during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even
without a gas change event. Start by selecting a cylinder type on the
left-hand side of the table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be
clicked. This brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown
list of cylinders:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
used for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the
available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in
the dialogue.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
be entered into the oxygen box or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or
trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be
entered. Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the
information for the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on
the keyboard or by clicking outside the cell containing the
cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be added by using the<br />
button at the top right hand. Here is an example of a complete description
for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
using a dialogue similar to that of the cylinder information. If you click
the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
this:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
a down-arrow:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the
dive. You may start typing in the box to specify a different weighting
mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
system, save the data by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking
outside the cell with the cursor. It’s possible to enter information for
more than one weight system by adding an additional system using the<br />
button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dust
bin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with
two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.6. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After downloading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles
of each is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few items of
information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). Other fields
remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the fields in
the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it’s possible that a diver
performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at
the same dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or
tags. Instead of completing the information for each dive separately, select
all the dives for that day in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same
information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need identical
information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any
one of the selected dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
information. This means if some fields have been edited for a particular
dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while editing the dives
simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives
simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly the same
information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new, edited
information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the
edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in the
<strong>Dive List</strong>. This speeds up the completion of the dive log after several
similar dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log &#8594; Copy dive
components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
from the main menu, select <em>Log &#8594; Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
log.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_Bookmarks">5.2.7. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate dives with text that indicate particular
events, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface buoy". This is easily
done:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up
the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
on the dive profile at that point (see <strong>A</strong> below).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at
the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.8. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If
the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory
image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> button is clicked, the newly
entered dive data are erased from the computer memory, although the dive
profile is retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final
prompt to confirm the new data should now be saved permanently on the
computer disk.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importer_les_informations_à_partir_d_8217_autres_sources_de_données_numériques_ou_d_8217_autres_formats_de_données">5.3. Importer les informations à partir d&#8217;autres sources de données numériques ou d&#8217;autres formats de données</h3>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>Many divers log their dives using the proprietary software provided by the
manufacturers of their dive computers. <em>Subsurface</em> can import dive logs
from a range of other dive log software. While import from some software is
supported natively, others require export of the the dive log to an
intermediate format that can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently,
<em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV log files from several sources. Dive
log import from APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are
preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can configure their
own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) can also be
imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also import UDDF
and UDCF files used by some dive log software and some dive computers, like
the Heinrichs &amp; Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some dive log software like Mares
Dive Organizer we currently recommend importing the logbook first into a web
service like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import from there with
<em>Subsurface</em>. Divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook formats that
<em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot handle.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select
either <em>Import &#8594; Import log files</em> or <em>File &#8594; Open log file</em>. Notice that
the import adds the imported data to the current <strong>Dive list</strong>, and the open
style starts a new dive list. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many
dive computers, including Suunto, Shearwater and some CCR equipment. When
importing dives, <em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same
dive and merges the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone
issues (or other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to
be significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate
entries. Below is more specific information to import data to <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is done through a universal interface
activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on <em>Import
Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
<em>Dive Log Files</em> which accesses different types of direct imports available,
as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
systems)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Cochran dive logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozooid)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
UDCF-formatted dive logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
LiquiVision logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
divelogs.de logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
OSTC Tools logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
JDiveLog
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Suunto Dive Manager (DM3, DM4, DM5)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
DL7 files used by Diver&#8217;s Alert network (DAN)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Underwater technologies AV1 dive logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Divesoft dive logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Poseidon MK VI eCCR dive logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large
window containing the file list on the right of the dialogue, opens the
imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats not
accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
below.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive
logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
<em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>All H&amp;W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. This
includes OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, and probably
although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and OSTC CR.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Please remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> true diving log software, but rather
a useful set of tools for analysis and management of OSTC devices. Only raw
dive computer data will be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>; the rest of the data
(buddies, equipment, notes, etc) need to be completed manually.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organizer_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organizer V2.1</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares uses proprietary Windows software not compatible with
multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a gateway to extract the dive log
information.</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organizer to your desktop, using a
<em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more
information.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. First, create a user
account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em> and Log into that web site, then select <em>Import
Logbook &#8594; Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand side. The
instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
_.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organizer database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
instructions below.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_SmartTrakImport">5.3.4. Importing Scubapro <em>SmartTrak</em> divelogs</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>SmartTrak</em> stores the raw data from a Uwatec/Scubapro dive computer along
with a plethora of other data manually added by the user, ranging from dive
points to buddies data or DAN survey info. However, this is Microsoft
Windows-based propietary software by Uwatec (today Scubapro) using
Microsoft Access databases, preventing the integration the importer into the
<em>Subsurface</em> core application.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A stand alone tool for Linux has been developed to import the <em>.slg</em> files
generated by SmartTrak to Subsurface&#8217;s <em>.xml</em> format. It can be built
together with <em>Subsurface</em> for Linux systems. Two dependencies need to be
installed in your system before building: <em>libglib2.0</em> and <em>libmdb2</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Feel free to contact the <em>Subsurface</em> development team on
<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">our mailing list</a> for assistance in
importing <em>SmartTrak</em> dive logs.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Assuming the above dependencies have been installed and the <em>Subsurface</em>
source tree is in the directory <em>~/src/subsurface</em>, then:</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_building_em_smtk2ssrf_em">Building <em>smtk2ssrf</em></h5>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Move to the source tree directory.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Run " $ ccmake build " and set SMARTTRAK_IMPORT option to <strong>on</strong> (off by
default).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Generate with [c] and save and exit with [g].
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Build as you prefer, using the <em>build.sh</em> script (recomended) or moving to
build directory and running <em>make</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
After a successful build, there will be an executable named <em>smtk2ssrf</em> in
the <em>subsurface/build</em> directory. Copy or move it to a directory in your
$PATH, e.g. <em>~/bin</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_running">Running</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>smtk2ssrf</em> accepts 0, 2 or more parameters. If it is launched without
parameters in a graphical user interface, a simple window opens for choosing
the <em>.slg</em> file(s) to import and a destination file to store the
<em>Subsurface</em>-formatted data into (see image below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/smtk2ssrf.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from SmartTrak" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">Existing data in the destination file will be erased, so <strong>DO NOT</strong> use a
regular subsurface divelog file as a destination: rather, specify a <strong>new</strong>
filename as a destination.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If launched from a command line with two or more parameters, the format is
as follows:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>$ smrtk2ssrf /input/file_1.slg /input/file_2.slg /output/file3.xml</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>where <em>input</em> is the directory containing the .slg file(s) and <em>output</em> is
the directory where the <em>Subsurface</em>-formatted output is written to. Files
<em>file_1.slg</em> and <em>file_2.slg</em> in the <em>input</em> directory are imported and
stored in <em>file3.xml</em> in the <em>output</em> directory. Check any warning and error
messages in the console or in the graphical window: some may be relevant as
support for Galileo family of dive computers is still a work in progress.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_merging_the_imported_dives_with_the_existing_divelog">Merging the imported dives with the existing divelog</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Open the new file (generated in the previous steps) using <em>Subsurface</em> and
check the dives and data. If everything is fine, close the <em>.xml</em> file and
open your regular divelog. Then from the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Import &#8594;
Import log file</em> and choose the <em>.xml</em> file containing the imported dives:
these will show in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, time ordered, along with the existing
dives. The new dives, although time ordered, will keep the numbering system
from <em>SmartTrak</em>, so a renumbering action is needed. See the section on
<a href="#S_Renumber">Renumbering the dives</a> for instructions on this topic.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.5. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
dialogue box. The <em>Import &#8594; Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong>
below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> and then select the
<em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately,
displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download,
the success status is shown (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). The <em>Apply</em> button
should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the
<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.6. Importer des données au format CSV</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
allows easy information exchange between different computers or software
packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
Diver&#8217;s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d&#8217;autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be viewed using an ordinary text editor. A <em>CSV</em> file is
normally organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field
names</em> or <em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one
record per line.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
dive duration, names of buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder
pressures before and after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All
the data for a single dive go on a single line of text, following the order
of the column headings.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
intervals, indicating depth, water temperature, and cylinder pressure at
that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a single instant
in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the previous instant. Many
lines are required to complete the depth profile information for a single
dive. This is a common export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR)
dive equipment and many software packages that handle dive computer data
and/or dive logs.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>you need to know
a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
<li>
<p>
Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text
editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
positions.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
straightforward. Select <em>Import &#8594; Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured
settings for common dive computers and software packages.
If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported originated from any of
these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the <em>Manual Import</em>
option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate
field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file,
the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system
(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for
successful data import.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate
column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column
headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons immediately
above these contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These balloons
can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance, <em>Subsurface</em>
expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If the
column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, drag the
appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue
cell at the top of the table. For example, to indicate the correct column
for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the
blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ", depicted in the
image below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of
cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue.
When finished, select the <em>OK</em> button on the bottom right of the dialogue.
The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
panel.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver&#8217;s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
Values</em>. It is a file format that allows you to view or edit information
using a text editor like Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler
(OS/X). There are two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format. First, the data
are easily editable as text without any proprietary software. Second, all
information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or proprietary
attributes that proprietary software inserts into files. Because of its
simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format between many
software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database
and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can also be used to
import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and
some dive computers.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The most important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the
character used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator
is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information
in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that you cannot see the TAB
characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
computer:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO~2~ - Setpoint (Bar) pO~2~ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can be
used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log.
Knowing a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> file helps with a
smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
</div></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">But, the <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters
like ampersand (&amp;), less than (&lt;), greater than (&gt;) and double quotes (") as
part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use UTF-8
character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the <em>CSV</em>
file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importing_dive_coordinates_from_a_mobile_device_with_gps">5.4. Importing Dive coordinates from a mobile device with GPS.</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A smartphone with built-in GPS facilities can be used to store the locations
of dives. This is performed by:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Taking the mobile device along on the dive boat / liveabord while
automatically collecting dive site coordinate information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Uploading the coordinates from the mobile device to the <em>Subsurface</em>
Internet server.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Syncronising the dives in the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list with the coordinates
stored on the <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>_Subsurface has two tools for achieving this:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> (Android and iOS).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> app (Android and iOS)
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Both of these applications perform the collection of dive site coordinates
and the synchronisation with dives in the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list. However,
the Companion App is not being further developed and has largely been
replaced by the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> app. While the <em>Companion app</em> serves
exclusively to collect dive site coordinates and to make these available to
the <em>Subsurface</em> desktop version, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> performs many of the
functions of the desktop version, including the management and viewing of
dive information. Below, we describe how to perform the above three steps
using each of the two mobile apps.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For information on using the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em>, click
<a href="#S_Companion"><em>here</em></a>.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_storing_and_and_using_gps_locations_using_em_subsurface_mobile_em">5.4.1. Storing and and using GPS locations using <em>Subsurface-mobile</em></h4>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_install_em_subsurface_mobile_em">Install <em>Subsurface-mobile</em></h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Find <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> on Google Play and install it on an Android
device. The app is free. The iOS version is currently
experimental. <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> has an extensive
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual">user
manual</a> accessible from within that app.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_create_a_em_subsurface_mobile_em_account">Create a <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> account</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This topic is discussed at length in the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> user manual. In
the Credentials screen of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> provide an e-mail address and
a user password that enables subsequent access. A PIN number is e-mailed
from the <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server to the e-mail address that has been
provided. Type the PIN into the appropriate text field in the Credentials
screen (see image below). The <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server notifies the
user that a new user has been registered.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>N.B.:</strong> To successfully create a user account, the mobile device must have Internet connectivity,
either through the cellular network or via wifi.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MobileCredentials.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile, credentials screen" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_configure_auto_collecting_of_gps_coordinates">Configure auto-collecting of GPS coordinates</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Activate the main menu of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> by selecting the "hamburger"
menu button at the bottom left of the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> screen (see image
above), then select <em>GPS</em> &#8594; <em>Preferences</em> (see image below). The collection
of GPS locations is done in the background and automatically, using two
settings:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Time threshold.</em> (minutes). The app will try to get a location every X
minutes
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Distance threshold.</em> (meters). Minimum distance between two locations.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>How are GPS coordinates collected?</strong> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50
meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current
location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> every time you move 50 m
from previous location, whichever happens first.
If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one,
a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is
saved, at least until the <em>Time-threshold</em> period has elapsed.
If the diver moves, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every 50 meters.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_activate_the_automated_recording_of_gps_locations">Activate the automated recording of GPS locations</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> main menu has a checkbox at the bottom left labled
<em>Run location service</em> (see image below). Checking the box starts the
automated recording of GPS positions.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MobileMenu.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile main menu" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_after_the_dive_stop_the_automated_recording_of_gps_locations">After the dive, stop the automated recording of GPS locations</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Uncheck the check box at the bottom left of the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> main
menu.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_upload_the_gps_locations_onto_the_em_subsurface_em_internet_server">Upload the GPS locations onto the <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server.</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>N.B.:</strong> Uploading the GPS locations to the Internet can only take place if the mobile
device has reliable access to the Internet, either via a cellular network or
via a wifi connection. If the Internet is not accessible from the dive site(s),
then GPS uploading can only take place after the dive or after the dive trip,
when an Internet connection has been re-established.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> main menu, select <em>GPS</em> &#8594; <em>Upload GPS
data</em>. The locations are uploaded.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_apply_the_stored_gps_locations_to_dives_on_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_list">Apply the stored GPS locations to dives on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> collects the first GPS location recorded after the start of a
dive (obtained within <em>Subsurface</em> from either the dive computer or from the
manually-entered dive information) and before the end of a dive. These
coordinates are shown in the <em>Coordinates</em> field of the dive site panel for
each dive. Within the dive site panel, provide a name for the coordinates
that have been assigned to the dive, following the instructions under the
heading above <a href="#S_locations"><em>Location</em> management</a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual">user
manual for <em>Subsurface-mobile</em></a> (accessible from within that app) contains
detailed instructions for performing the collection of GPS data and for
managing, uploading and synchronising this information.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_Companion">5.4.2. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
for the diving
location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App
stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. <em>Subsurface</em> can collect
the locations from the server.
To do this:</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">Create a Companion App account</h5>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
will be sent, a long number enabling access to the file server and Companion
App capabilities.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Download the app from
<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
Store</a> or from
<a href="https://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&amp;fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in the <em>Subsurface</em>
companion page using an Internet browser. You can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using
this option, but it’s supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> to
activate the account.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If you forget your <strong>DIVERID</strong> you will receive an
email to recover the ID string.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Use an existing account.</em> You are prompted for your <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and doesn’t ask for it again unless you use the
<em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
the Default Preferences panel, by selecting <em>File &#8594; Preferences &#8594; General</em>
from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This helps synchronization
between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Créer de nouveaux emplacements de plongée</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you are ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
Android display looks like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without any
dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the + icon at the top right to add a new dive site. A menu with 3
options shows:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Current: A prompt for a place name is shown (or a request to activate the
GPS if it is turned off), after which the current location is saved.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Use Map: This option allows you to fix a position by searching a world
map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below). Specify the desired position with
a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the marked location is
wrong, simply choose a new location) and select the check symbol in the
upper right. A dialog is shown allowing you to enter the name of the dive
location and the date and time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In order to
import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em>, set the time to agree with the
time of that dive on the dive computer.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Import local GPX file: The Android device searches for .gpx files and
located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and its
locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, and select the check
symbol in the upper right to add them.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>List of dive locations</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
selection box to the left showing they need to be uploaded to the
server. You can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
(like <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several selected locations.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
or a map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by
selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) and then
selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the
list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). Upon selecting a location
(on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) where
the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Upon selecting a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to it,
date/time and GPS coordinates are shown with two options at the top of the
screen:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Edit (pencil): Change the name of the dive location.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. After editing and saving a
dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), upload it to the web service, as explained
below.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Uploading dive locations</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is
simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should; it
deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Settings on the Companion App</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Server and account</em></p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
easiest way to get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or
just type it in.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Synchronisation</em></p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device
and those on the web service synchronize each time the app is started.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
is automatically sent to the server.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Background service</em></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering an unique dive location, you can leave the service
running in the background, allowing a continuous collection of GPS
locations.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behavior of the service:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
minutes until stopped by the user.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes
and 50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a
location at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes
<strong>or</strong> every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent
locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new
location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is
saved. If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a
location every 50 meters.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Other</em></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Search</em></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Start service</em></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Starts the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined settings.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Disconnect</em></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the
server. It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an
account can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the
users own ID. The <em>Disconnect</em> option is useful if the Android device was
used to download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Send all locations</em></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_iphone">Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained during
registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in" (see
left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location
information.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, after import,
Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the times of
dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When adding a dive,
the location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the
bottom of the screen. After the dive, click on the red bar to end the
location service. While the location service is running you can only add
dives manually.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the web
service. There is no option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
Menu <em>Import &#8594; Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to start the
download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active: selecting it updates the
locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>, i.e. it
applies the coordinates and names entered on the app to all the new dives
that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. The names of dive
locations entered within <em>Subsurface</em> (i.e. before downloading the GPS
coordinates) have precedence over downloaded dive locations.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the mobile device and dive
information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
assignment of GPS data to dives depends on agreeing date-time information
between the two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide range tolerance,
it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there is a large
difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android
device. This results in no updates.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
for this (e.g. time zones). <em>Subsurface</em> may also be unable to decide which
is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
subsequent dives as well). A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a
dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading the GPS data and
then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading GPS data.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Background service</em> may fill the location list with unnecessary locations
that don’t correspond to the exact dive point but do correspond to the
boat&#8217;s route.
Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some
situations it
is better to clean up the list on the mobile device before sending the dive
points to the web server by simply deleting the inappropriate
locations. This might be necessary, for instance, to keep the location list
clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
It may also be useful to give informative names to the locations sent to the
web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name Template</em>
setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a dive trip
with many dives and dive locations.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take photographs during a dive. <em>Subsurface</em>
allows the storage and display of photographs for each dive. Photos are
superimposed on the dive profile at the times during the dive when they were
taken. They can also be viewed from the dive profile.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_synchronizing_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and synchronizing between dive computer and camera</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Right-click on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list, bringing up
the <a href="#S_DiveListContextMenu">Dive list context Menu</a>. Select the
appropriate option to import images either from file or from the
Internet. The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs
that need to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If photos are imported from the Internet, provide a URL pointing to a single
photograph. If the URL points to a directory, no images are imported:
photos from the Internet need to be imported one at a time. If photos are
loaded from the Internet, <em>Subsurface</em> assumes there is an Internet
connection each time this photo is viewed within <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Having selected the local folder or Internet image to be imported, the time
synchronization dialog appears (see image below). The time synchronization
is not perfect between the dive computer used during a dive and the camera
used during that same dive. These two devices often differ by several
minutes. <em>Subsurface</em> attempts to synchronize these two devices so that the
exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on the dive
profile.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> synchronizes camera with dive computer in three ways:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with
the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Manually</strong>: Writing down the exact camera time at the start of a dive allows using the
difference in time between the two devices. As long as the device
settings for time has not been changed in either device, the times of
both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day allows manually setting the time
difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog (see image below). Towards the top of the dialog is a time
setting tool immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, in the image below.
If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
tool to a value of 00:07 and select the <em>Earlier</em> radio button.
This is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronization is done.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronization, requiring a
photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time. <em>Subsurface</em> gets
the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within
each photo and compares this with the time visible on the photo. To do this, use the
bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. In this case the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
the horizontal bar called <em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
a file browser for selecting the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
when the photograph was taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize the devices. The image below shows
a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
date-time.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage3c_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
dive, it is not placed on the dive profile (see the red warning in the image
above). However, If the appropriate checkbox is selected (see image above)
these images can still be placed on the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel so
that all photos associated with a dive are visible, including photos taken
before or after the dive.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel (left part of image below).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
reflecting the time each photograph was taken. To view the photos on the
dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar to the left
of the dive profile:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Hover the mouse over any of the photo stubs. A thumbnail photo is shown of
the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
<em>Subsurface</em> window, allowing a good view of the photographs (see the image
below). <strong>Note</strong> that the thumbnail has a small dustbin icon in the bottom
right hand corner (see image above). Selecting the dustbin removes the image
from the dive. Be careful when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be
deleted using the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile show
when during a dive a photo was taken. Single-click a thumbnail in the
<em>Photos</em> panel to select a photo. Double-click a thumbnail to view the
full-sized image, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Deleted a photo from
the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it (single-click) and then by pressing the
<em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This removes the photo BOTH from the <em>Photos</em> tab
as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a
drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case) the
photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This eases the interaction
between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating
a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of
selection and synchronization (see text above) is used. After the external
drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these photos any
more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox icon to the
left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program shows a small white dot where each
photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the <em>Photos</em> tab shows
only the file names of the photos. If the external drive with the photos is
re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_finding_out_which_dives_have_associated_photos">5.5.5. Finding out which dives have associated photos.</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Inspecting each individual dive in order to determine whether there are
associated photos can be time consuming. There is a rapid way of seeing
which dives have associated photos and which not: activate the <em>Photos</em>
checkbox in the dropdown list obtained by right-clicking on the header bar
of the <strong>Divelist</strong>. In the <strong>Divelist</strong>, all dives with associated photographs
have an icon indicating whether the photographs were taken during the dive,
just before/after the dive or both during and before/after the dive. More
information is provided in the section dealing with <a href="#S_Divelist_columns">photo icons on the <strong>Divelist</strong></a>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.6. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive,
<em>Subsurface</em> saves the directory path where the photo lies as well as the file name of the photo,
in order to find it when the dive is opened again.
If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
machine, the path to the photo changes. Now, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
cannot find them and cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism to ease this inconvenience: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
where photos have been moved to,
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one calculated
when a photo was originally loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original
file name has changed), automatically update the directory information so
that <em>Subsurface</em> can find the photo in the new moved directory.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File &#8594; Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading legacy photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it
can access. When manipulating images, ensure that all the images associated
with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the
fingerprints associated with a single dive if:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive
Profile</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If you edit anything in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting
<em>Apply changes</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives examples of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
logging tool.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver doesn’t have
enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver needs
more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of
the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical
divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, there are
only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
specifying its size and pressure, as well as the gas composition within it.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate or by creating a bookmark on the dive
computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
<strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
tank bar (image below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When this is complete, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a two-cylinder dive, starting off
with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes for
decompression.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with
both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it’s a popular
configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be done by recreational
divers who’ve completed the appropriate training. Sidemount dive logging
involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes between these different
cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different
<em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded
from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean
that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tedious part of logging sidemount dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
image below where two 12 litre cylinders were used).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile.
Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then
selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive
profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Passive semi-closed circuit rebreather (pSCR) dives</h4>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving
equipment that recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing
carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a
tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water, a small
amount of fresh gas is released from the driving gas cylinder. A diver
using a single cylinder of breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer
periods than using a recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR
equipment, a very small amount of breathing gas is released every time the
diver inhales. With active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount
of breathing gas is released continuously from the driving cylinder.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps
outlined above:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
<a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is
adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires
longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
EAN36 as bottom gas and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive lasted
over two hours.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
has been breathed. They also do two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
concentration:
a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas
regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The
CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active
development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional
recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports individual CCR dive
profiles in the same way it imports dive log data from other digital
databases: one dive at a time.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
information from other digital sources</a>. CCR dive data are currently
obtained from the proprietary software provided when purchasing CCR dice
equipment. See
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a> for more complete information. Use that software to download the dive
data into a known directory. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, select
<em>Import &#8594; Import log files</em> to bring up the <a href="#Unified_import">universal
import dialogue</a>. As explained in that section, the bottom right hand of the
import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate
devices that currently include (Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer
files. Import for other CCR equipment is under active development. Having
selected the appropriate CCR format and the directory where the original
dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive computer, select a particular
dive log file (in the case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt
extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log, click the <em>Open</em>
button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue. The
selected dive is imported to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
follows:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
sensors are treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false
data, it is ignored.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
the setpoint.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
turned on by checking the appropriate boxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File &#8594; Preferences &#8594;
Profile</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image
below, representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the
appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been checked.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related
information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the <em>Profile</em> panel is
activated. The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint
information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen partial
pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen partial
pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and pO~2~ graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
as follows:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 1: grey
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 2: blue
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 3: brown
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if you hover
over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
cylinder pressure data. In this case there is agreement from the readings of
the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the
precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from
the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers,
however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in
the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this
ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the
dive profile:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can
be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting <em>File &#8594;
Preferences &#8594; Profile</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive
computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
B</a>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has
been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive,
the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of
oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Refer to
<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
figures for only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of dives
selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
the left hand side, allowing control of several display options. The
functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to
depth, it also shows the ascent and descent rates compared to the
recommended speed of going up or down in the water column. This information
is given using different colors:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">&gt; 30</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">&gt; 18</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">&lt; 1.5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">&lt; 1.5</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
graph. So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up
to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
the dive profile increases the size of the dive profile to fill the area of
the panel.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is shown as a blue line with temperature values
placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_InfoBox">6.4.1. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information about the dive
profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. The Information Box can be moved around in the <strong>Dive
Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so that it is not
obstructing important detail. The position of the Information Box is saved
and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information box
expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the
time point along the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand
part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the situation
at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor
horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point along
the dive profile. It gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD, also as gas density in
g/l), decompression requirements at that instant in time (Deco), time to
surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well as of the statistics in the
Information Box, shown as four buttons on the left of the profile
panel. These are:</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the <strong>Maximum Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture
used. MOD is dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas.
For air (21% oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is
specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File &#8594; Preferences &#8594;
Profile</em> and edit the text box <em>pO<sub>2</sub> in calculating MOD</em>. When diving
below the MOD there is a markedly increased risk of exposure to the dangers
of oxygen toxicity.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show either the <strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface
(TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a dive,
given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is,
before an ascent ceiling appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and
decompression is required (that is, there is an ascent ceiling above the
diver) then TTS gives the number of minutes required before the diver can
surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as decompression time. Even if the
profile contains several gas switches, TTS at a specific moment during the
dive is calculated using the current gas. TTS longer than 2 hours is not
accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS &gt; 2h</em>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the <strong>Surface Air Consumption (SAC)</strong>, an indication of the
surface-normalized respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less
than the real respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at
a rate roughly double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives
an indication of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of
the dive, so the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The
units for SAC is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox dives as well as the
<strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix dives. These are important to
divers breathing gases other than air. Their values are dependent on the
composition of the breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air
dive that has the same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of
the nitrox dive at hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression
obligation as an air dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the
depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures
of the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A
trimix diver can expect the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air
diving at a depth equalling the END.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
data.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph showing the
pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
dive</em>, shown by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The light green area indicates the gas pressure, with the top margin of the
light green area showing the total gas pressure of ALL gases inhaled by the
diver and measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light
green area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
indicate absolute pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
equilibrium pressure of the INERT gases inhaled by the diver, usually
nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the equilibrium
inert gas pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to
the total gas pressure value.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
algorithm, with fast tissues on the left hand side.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The top black horizontal line indicates the inert gas pressure limit
determined by the gradient factor that applies to the depth of the diver at
the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The gradient factor shown is an
interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh values specified in the <em>Profile</em>
tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
M-value. That is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
is expected to be severe, resulting in a significant risk of decompression
sickness.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are shown on the left in the image above. The way the Gas
Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive can be seen on the right hand side
of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The
pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the surface
equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, so their gas
pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the height of
the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
(towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
slowly increasing in pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since
during ascent the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value
(i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_computer_reported_events_during_dive">6.4.2. Computer-reported events during dive</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many dive computers record events during a dive. For instance, most dive
computers report alarms relating to high partial pressures of oxygen, to
rapid ascents or the exceeding of no-deco limits (NDL). On the other hand,
other events are classified as warnings and, for instance, occur when the
remaining gas in a cylinder falls below a predetermined limit, a deep stop
needs to be performed or the need to change gas during multicylinder
dives. Some dive computers also report notifications, e.g. when a safety
stop is initiated or terminated or when a predetermined amount of OTUs have
been incurred. The alarms, warnings and notifications differs from one dive
computer to another: some dive computers do not report any of the above
events, while others provide an extensive log of events. The reporting of
events is therefore a function of the dive computer used. In addition,
<em>Subsurface</em> does not always have the ability to detect all the events
reported by a specific dive computer.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Events are indicated by symbols on the dive profile. Notifications are shown
as a white, round symbol with a letter <em>i</em>; warnings are indicated by a
yellow triangle and alarms by a red triangle. By moving the cursor over a
symbol, the explanation is given in the bottom-most line of the <em>Information
Box</em> (see image below, where the cursor is positioned over the alarm that
was reported).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/profile_symbols.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Profile notification symbols" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Some dive computers report <em>bookmarks</em> that the diver has set during the
dive. These are indicated as a small red flag on the profile and are
discussed more fully in the section on <a href="#S_Bookmarks"><em>inserting bookmarks</em></a>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_the_profile_toolbar">6.4.3. The Profile Toolbar</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
nitrogen in black, and helium in dark red. These partial pressure graphs are
shown below the profile data.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> during the dive. This is shown below
the dive depth and water temperature graphs.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> during the dive.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> during the dive. This is only
important to divers using Trimix, Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
manually entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight
line. Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure provides
information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
using an air integrated dive computer. Here the color coding is not
relative to some absolute values but relative to the mean normalized air
consumption during the dive. So areas in red or orange indicate times of
increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When in planner mode, the SAC is set to be constant during the bottom part
of the dive as well during decompression. Therefore, when planning a dive,
the color is a representation of the breathing gas density.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button allows display of heart rate information
during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart rate sensor.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by
using the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of the mouse or trackpad. By default
<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30
minutes and 30m (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are easily
recognizable; something free divers won’t care about.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that you
wish to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white area
underneath the two red dots.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
shows the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
active, the photos are hidden.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
ceilings occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
available for download; for example none of the Suunto dive computers make
these data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also calculates
ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive profile.
Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data available
(and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the calculation)
it’s unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from <em>Subsurface</em> are
the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> (see below) are
used. It’s also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates a ceiling for
non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode
during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> section in the
profile at the beginning of this section). This is because <em>Subsurface’s</em>
calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive,
while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During
the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed
off so even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the
dive still does not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive
computers offer longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
ways:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p>If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
<a href="#GradientFactors_Ref">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. N.B.: The indicated gradient
factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, but those
used by Subsurface to calculate deco obligations during the dive. For more
information external to this manual see:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
represented as a colored bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In general
oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a red
bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red
and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder (yellow and green)
after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/heatmap.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Display the tissue heat-map. The heat map summarises, for the duration of
the dive, the inert gas tissue pressures for each of the 16 tissue
compartments of the Bühlmann model. Blue colours mean low gas pressures in a
tissue compartment and thus on-gassing, green to red means excess gas in the
tissue and thus off-gassing. Fast to slow tissues are indicated from top to
bottom. The figure below explains in greater detail how the heat map can be
interpreted.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Heatmap.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>A</strong> on the left shows the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure
Graph</a> in the <strong>Information box</strong>, representing a snapshot of inert gas
pressures at a particular point in time during the dive. The inert gas
pressures of 16 tissue compartments are shown as dark green vertical bars
with the quick tissue compartments on the left and the slow tissue
compartments on the right. Refer to the section on the
<a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> for more details on the
different elements of this graph.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>B</strong> shows a gradient of unique colours, spanning the whole range of
inert gas pressures. It is possible to map the height of each of the dark
green vertical bars of <strong>A</strong> to a colour in <strong>B</strong>. For instance, the fastest
(leftmost) dark green verical bar in <strong>A</strong> has a height corresponding to the
medium green part of <strong>B</strong>. The height of this bar can therefore be summarised
using a medium green colour. Similarly, the highest dark green bar in <strong>A</strong> is
as high as the yellow part of <strong>B</strong>. The 14 remaining tissue pressure bars in
<strong>A</strong> can also be translated to colours. The colours represent three ranges of
tissue inert gas pressure:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The bottom range in <strong>B</strong> (marked <em>On-gassing</em>) includes colours from light
blue to black, representing tissue gas pressures below the equilibrium
pressure of inert gas (bottom horizontal line in <strong>A</strong>). The measurement unit
is the % of inert gas pressure, relative to the equilibrium inert gas
pressure. In this range on-gassing of inert gas takes place because the
inert gas pressure in the tissue compartment is lower than in the
surrounding environment. Black areas in the heat map indicate that a tissue
compartment has reached the equilibrium inert gas pressure, i.e. the inert
gas pressure in the tissue compartment equals that of the water in which the
diver is. The equilibrium pressure changes according to depth.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The central range in <strong>B</strong> includes the colours from black to light green,
when the inert gas pressure of a tissue compartment is higher than the
equilibrium pressure but less than the ambient pressure. In this zone
decompression is not very efficient because the gradient of inert gas
pressure from tissue to the environment is relatively small and indicated by
dark green areas of the heat map.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The top range in <strong>B</strong> (marked <em>Off-gassing</em>) includes colours from light
green to red and white, repesenting tissue gas pressures above that of the
total ambient pressure (top of light green area of <strong>A</strong>). The measurement
unit is the % of inert gas pressure above ambient pressure, relative to the
Bühlmann M-value gradient (bottom of red area in <strong>A</strong>). These tissue
pressures are normally reached while ascending to a shallower depth. Below
a value of 100%, this range indicates efficient off-gassing of inert gas
from the tissue compartment into the environment. Usually, efficient
off-gassing is indicated by light green, yellow or orange colours. Above
100% (red to white in <strong>B</strong>) the M-value gradient is exceeded and the
probability of decompression sickness increases markedly.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>C</strong> shows the colour mapping of each of the vertical bars in <strong>A</strong>, the
fast tissues (on the left in <strong>A</strong>) depicted at the top and the slow tissue
compartments at the bottom of <strong>C</strong>. The highest vertical bar in <strong>A</strong> (vertical
bar 3rd from the left) is presented as the yellow rectangle 3rd from the top
in <strong>C</strong>. The 16 vertical bars in <strong>A</strong> are now presented as a vertical column
of 16 coloured rectangles, representing a snapshot of tissue compartment gas
pressures at a particular instant during the dive.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>D</strong> is a compilation of similar colour mappings of 16 tissue
compartments during a 10-minute period of a dive, the colours representing
the inert gas loading of a tissue compartment at a point in time during the
dive. Faster tissues are shown at the top and slower tissues at the bottom,
with time forming the horizontal axis of the graph. The column of rectangles
in <strong>C</strong> can be found on the horizontal axis between 9 and 10 minutes.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The colours of the heat map are not affected by the gradient factor
settings. This is because the heat map indicates tissue pressures relative
to the Bühlmann M-value gradient, and not relative to any specific gradient
factor. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by
Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since the colours of the heat map are not affected by the gradient
factor(s), the heat map is also applicable when using the VPM-B
decompression model.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The image below compares the profiles and heat maps for two planned
decompression dives to 60m: the first using the Bühlmann decompression
model, the second using the VPM-B decompression model. Both profiles have
the same total decompression time, but the VPM-B model requires deeper stops
early in the acent phase.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In both profiles, the inert gas pressures in the faster tissues rise much
more rapidly than the slower tissues during the descent and bottom phase,
with the colors transitioning from light blue through blue and purple to
black. Similarly, the inert gas pressure in the fast tissues reduces more
rapidly than the slow tissues at each decompression stop, with colors
transitioning from red, orange and yellow to green and black.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The comparison of the two profiles and heatmaps shows that by including deep
stops, the oversaturation gradient in the faster tissues early in ascent
phase is reduced. However, on-gassing of slower tissues continues during
the deep stops, which leads to greater oversaturation gradient in slower
tissues at the end of the dive.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/tissueHeatmap.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map" />
</div>
</div>
</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.4.4. The Dive Profile context menu</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows creating
Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes other
than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive Computer. Markers
are placed against the depth profile line, with the time of the event
determined by the mouse cursor when the right mouse button was clicked to
bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve a selection of which gas is
being switched TO. The list of choices is based on the available gases
defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Setpoint change events open a dialog letting
you choose the next setpoint value. As in the planner, a setpoint value of
zero shows the diver is breathing from an open circuit system while any
non-zero value shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By
right-clicking while over an existing marker a menu appears, adding options
to allow deletion of the marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be
hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by selecting Unhide all events
from the context menu.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_organizing_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organizing the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_DiveListContextMenu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be
performed using the Dive List Context Menu. It is found by selecting either
a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many functions described below.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_Divelist_columns">7.1.1. Customizing the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>, bringing up a list of columns that can be shown in
the dive list (see above). Check an items to be included in the <strong>Dive
List</strong>. The list is immediately updated. Preferences for information shown
in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_Photos_divelist"><p>By selecting the <em>Photos</em> checkbox in the dropdown list, an icon is shown
indicating whether any photos are associated with a particular dive. There
are three icons:</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/duringPhoto.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">This dive has photographs taken during the dive, typically using an
underwater camera.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/outsidePhoto.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">This dive has photographs taken immediately before or immediately after the
dive. This is useful for finding photos of dive teams or boats just
before/after the dive, whales or other surface animals seen just before or
after the dive, or of landscapes as seen from the boat.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/inAndOutPhoto.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">This dive has photographs taken both during the dive and immdiately before
or after the dive.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
sequence numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering of
dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are
added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because of the
dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with an
older date/time. This requires renumbering the dives. Do this by selecting
(from the Main Menu) <em>Log &#8594; Renumber</em>. Provide the lowest sequence number
to be used. This results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for
all the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Renumber a few selected dives in the dive list by selecting only the dives
that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the Dive
List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears letting
the user specify the starting number for the process.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It does this by grouping dives that have
date/times not separated by more than two days and creating a single heading
for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an ungrouped dive
list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped dive list of
five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list,
(from the Main Menu) select <em>Log &#8594; Auto group</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel now
shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
title bar from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
panel. Here you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
dive company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions
during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select <strong>Save</strong> from
the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The trip title in the
<strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the edited information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more
trips by clicking the expansion button [+/-] on the left of each trip
title. This expands the selected trip, revealing individual dives during the
trip.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.3. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.4. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes, for example, ten dives, you can split this trip into two
trips (trip 1: top four dives; trip 2: bottom six dives) by selecting and
right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user
create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip above</strong>. The top
four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The figures below show the
selection and context menu on the left (A) and the completed action on the
right (B):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting <strong>Delete
dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
duration.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this, select
and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select
the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now appear immediately
above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending on the date and
time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it’s necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
to situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive
computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
be adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong>
option should be selected. You must then specify the time (in hours and
minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the option of
whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to
the surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded
by the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
panel. Merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate
dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting
<strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in
the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged
dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives that were
merged:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_split_selected_dives">7.4.6. Split selected dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On some occasions, a diver reaches the surface and immediately dives
again. However, it may happen that the dive computer does not register a new
dive, but continues the previous dive due to the brief surface interval. In
this case it is possible to split a dive so that the two dives are shown as
independent dives on the <strong>Dive List</strong>. If this operation is performed,
<em>Subsurface</em> scans the selected dive(s) and splits the dive at points during
the dive where the depth is less than a metre.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_load_image_s_from_file_s">7.4.7. Load image(s) from file(s)</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This topic is discussed in the section: <a href="#S_LoadImage">Adding photographs
to dives</a>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_load_image_from_web">7.4.8. Load image from web</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This topic is discussed in the section: <a href="#S_LoadImage">Adding photographs
to dives</a>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.9. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>split selected
dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and <em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after
performing any of these actions, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This
brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or <em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, selecting only some of
the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, divemaster,
buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list the deep
dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a
particular buddy.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log &#8594; Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The
<em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting
the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimized by
selecting the <strong>green up-arrow</strong>. When minimized, only these three icons are
shown. The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized
it. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the <strong>red button</strong>
with the white cross.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
(buddy / divemaster), dive site and dive suit. Each of these is represented
by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
filter tool, allowing the listing of only some attributes within that check
list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter text box above the tags
check list, results in the list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find search terms for
filtering the dive list.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one
of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators. Subsurface filters
therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the filters
within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways to export dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d&#8217;autres
destinations ou formats</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>L&#8217;export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
d&#8217;export car une connexion vers <em>Facebook</em> est nécessaire, nécessitant un
identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, sélectionnez
<em>Partager sur &#8594; Connecter à &#8594; Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong> ci-dessous). Un écran
de connexion s&#8217;affiche (image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Entrez l&#8217;identifiant et le
mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Depuis la fentre <em>Subsurface</em>, il est facile de
vérifier si <em>Subsurface</em> a une connection valide vers <em>Facebook</em> : Depuis le
"Menu principal", sélectionnez <em>Partager sur</em> (image <strong>A</strong>
ci-dessous). Normalement, l&#8217;option <em>Facebook</em> est grisée. Mais si une
connection vers <em>Facebook</em> existe, cette option est active (c&#8217;est à dire
écrit en noir et sélectionnable).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once logged into to <em>Facebook</em> , a panel is shown with a message: "<em>To
disconnect Subsurface from your Facebook account, use the <em>Share on</em> menu
entry</em>." Close this message panel.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/facebook1.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Having established a login to <em>Facebook</em>, transferring a dive profile to a
<em>Facebook</em> timeline is easy. In the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel,
highlight the dive to be transferred. Then, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select
<em>Share on &#8594; Facebook</em>. A dialogue box is shown, determining the amount of
additional information to be transferred with the dive profile (image <strong>A</strong>,
below). To transfer a dive profile to <em>Facebook</em>, the name of a <em>Facebook</em>
album is needed. The checkboxes on the left hand side determine how much
additional information is added to the dive profile, shown in the text box
on the right hand side of the panel (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Customise the
message that will be posted with the dive profile by editing any of the
information. After specifying additional information and verifying the text,
select the <em>OK</em> button that triggers the transfer to <em>Facebook</em>. After the
transfer is done, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating it was
successful.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l&#8217;album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent la voir, connectez-vous à
<em>Facebook</em> depuis un navigateur ou l&#8217;application Facebook et modifiez les
permissions.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/facebook2.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook data submission" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If required, then close the <em>Facebook</em> connection by selecting, from the
<strong>Main Menu</strong>, <em>Share on &#8594; Disconnect from &#8594; Facebook</em> (image <strong>B</strong> above).</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Exporter des informations de plongée vers d&#8217;autres destinations ou formats</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be found by selecting
<em>File &#8594; Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in several formats:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
dive computers and computer programs.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
<em>Divelogs.de</em>, you need a user-ID as well as a password for
<em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
service to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on
recreational dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration
with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
dive.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains
most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. dive ceiling,
calculated cylinder pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export
contains a search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on
the second tab of the Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this
option is to export all your dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it
would serve as a portable record of dives, useful for dive companies wishing
to verify the dive history of a diver, and doing away with the need to carry
an original logbook when doing dives with dive companies.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you
select any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available
in text, as shown in the image below.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>TeX</em> format, a file for printing using the TeX typesetting software. Choose
a filename with a <em>.tex</em> extension. You will also need a template file, that
can be obtained from
<a href="http://www.atdotde.de/%7erobert/subsurfacetemplate/">http://www.atdotde.de/~robert/subsurfacetemplate/</a>
in the same directory as the <em>.tex</em> file. The file can then be processed
with plain TeX (not LaTeX), for example by running <em>pdftex filename.tex</em> on
the command line.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/texexample.png" alt="Figure: Export to TeX" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
List</em>, together with the depth underwater where of each of those photos was
taken.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
starting from 1.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
be attached to the HTML exports.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
size and theme.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for
instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
record of diving activities for your pleasure, but it’s important
information required for admission to training courses or sometimes even
diving sites. The security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log
that is resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of
equipment, the Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit
that you can access your dive log from anywhere in the world. For this
reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
local hard disk. The only requirement is that you should first register as
a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these
steps:</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> &#8594; <em>Preferences</em> &#8594; <em>Network</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
<em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
dive log in the cloud.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
(remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
box, not visible previously.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
address confirmation)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the
<em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
These options let you load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
cloud storage</em> server.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, you can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
storage</em> data as the default data file by checking the box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
This means the data from
the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts and saved there when <em>Subsurface</em> closes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronizes the
data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is
connected to the Internet.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open
<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
the last dive data that was synced to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The dive
information shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the
calculated values shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, including some cylinder
pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you prefer not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
don&#8217;t need the web access), it’s simple to store dive logs in the cloud
using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For instance
<a href="https://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application that allows
files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop
computer.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
on your desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there&#8217;s no need for a direct internet
connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_user_space">10. Several <em>Subsurface</em> users on one desktop computer</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>A frequent need is for two or more persons to use <em>Subsurface</em> on the same
desktop computer. For instance members of a household may use the same
computer or one family member may perform dive uploads for other family
members/friends. There are two approaches for doing this.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A)</strong> If the different users of a desktop computer do not log onto the desktop/laptop under different user names
then the simplest way is for each person to use her/his own divelog file within Subsurface. In this case John
would work with the <em>Subsurface</em> file <em>johns-divelog</em> and Joan would use <em>joans-divelog</em>. Select
the appropriate dive log by selecting, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, <em>File &#8594; Open logbook</em> and then select your own
dive log file from the list of files lower down in the menu. However, a problem arises if the users
prefer different settings for <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance, one diver may prefer to see the dive ceiling in the
<strong>Profile Panel</strong> and photos icons in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, while the other may not have these preferences. In addition,
the cloud connection is normally unique for each <em>Subsurface</em> installation and if more than one user wishes to save
dive data on the cloud, it is inconvenient to open the <strong>Preferences</strong> and change the user-ID data every time
the cloud is accessed. To solve these problems, launch <em>Subsurface</em> with a <em>--user=&lt;user name&gt;</em> command-line option.
John can then activate <em>Subsurface</em> with this command-line instruction:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface --user=John</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>while Joan can launch <em>Subsurface</em> using:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface --user=Joan</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In this case, each user&#8217;s preferences, settings and cloud access information are stored separately, allowing
each diver to interact with <em>Subsurface</em> in her/his preferred way and with individual cloud access. The above
process can be made user-friendly by creating a link/shortcut with a desktop icon that executes the above
command-line instruction. Use of the <em>--user=</em> option therefore enables each user to create, maintain and
backup a separate dive log within a personalised user interface. This way, when each diver launches <em>Subsurface</em>,
it opens with the correct dive log as well as the appropriate display and backup preferences, and each diver
can access their own divelog on a mobile device using <a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual"><em>Subsurface-Mobile</em></a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>B)</strong> On the other hand, if the users log onto the same computer using different userIDs and passwords (i.e. users each
have a separate user space), <em>Subsurface</em> is available independently to each user and every diver automatically has a separate
user profile and settings, including unique cloud and <em>Subsurface-Mobile</em> access.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">11. Printing a dive log</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Some decisions need to be made before printing:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part is
required, select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information
should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File &#8594; Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image
<strong>A</strong>) appears. Three specifications are needed to get the desired information
and page layout:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and
other information.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Print options</em> select:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before activating the
print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
check box is <strong>not</strong> checked ALL dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Printing in color, done by checking the box with <em>Print in color</em>. If this
check box is not checked, printing is in black and white.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
several choices. (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the
dive profiles
of each dive (see below):
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
below)
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on the
dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, you
can change the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal
taste.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this
section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the operating
system, letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image
below):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the
dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
page.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">11.1. Créer un modèle d&#8217;impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. You can create
a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em>
dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for
information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_Configure">12. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> lets you configure a dive computer. Currently, the
Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2/2N/2C, OSTC 3, Sport) and Suunto Vyper (Stinger,
Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers
are supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers can be
read and changed to different values. To begin, be sure the appropriate
hardware driver is installed for the dive computer (also required for
downloading dives) and the device name of the dive computer is known. See
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do this.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
sélectionner <em>Fichier &#8594; Configurer l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
menu principal. Sélectionner le nom du périphérique (ou le point de montage)
dans la liste déroulante, en haut du panneau de configuration et
sélectionner le bon modèle d&#8217;ordinateur de plongée à partir du panneau à
gauche (voir l&#8217;image ci-dessous).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
suivantes peuvent être effectuées :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée
dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l&#8217;affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l&#8217;ordinateur
de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
l&#8217;emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d&#8217;un fichier de sauvegarde et l&#8217;affiche
dans le panneau de configuration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée,
il sera chargé dans l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_Preferences">13. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by
selecting <em>File &#8594; Preferences</em>, mostly affecting the way in which
<em>Subsurface</em> shows dive information to the user. The settings are in six
panels: <em>General</em>, <em>Units</em>, <em>Profile</em>, <em>Language</em>, <em>Network</em>, and
<em>Georeference</em>, all of which operate on the same principles: specified
settings can be applied to the display of the dive log by selecting
<em>Apply</em>. At this stage, any new settings only apply to the present session
and are not saved. In order to apply new settings permanently, select the
<em>Save</em> button. If you do not wish to apply the new preferences, select
<em>Cancel</em>.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_general">13.1. General</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several headings in the <strong>General</strong> panel:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref1_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences general page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Specify the font type and font size of the
<strong>Dive Table</strong> panel: decreasing the font size allows one to see more dives on a screen.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive Log File</em> specify the directory and
file name of your
electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When
launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
device that was initialized using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
dives that he/she doesn&#8217;t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
the dive list.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: From the dropdown list, select the default cylinder to be used in
the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
by setting this slider
with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
at all.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
cleared and set to default values.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_units">13.2. Units</h3>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref2_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, volume,
temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio button at
the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen measurement
system. Alternatively, if you select the <strong>Personalize</strong> radio button, units
can be selected independently, with some in the metric system and others in
imperial.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Regardless of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in
seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be
represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or
as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_profile">13.3. Profile</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel has three sections:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref4_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p><strong>Gas pressure display setup</strong>. Even though nitrogen and helium pressures are also included here, these items mainly pertain to oxygen management:
<strong> <em>Thresholds</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> can display graphs of the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium
partial pressures during
the dive, activated using the toolbar on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
panel. For each of these graphs, specify a threshold value. If any of the graphs go
above the specified threshold, the graph is
highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
The pO<sub>2</sub> threshold is probably the most important one and a value of 1.6 is commonly used.
</strong> <em>pO<sub>2</sub> in calculating MOD</em> is used for calculating the maximum operative depth for a particular
nitrox or trimix gas mixture. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
CCR Options: These options determine oxygen management for CCR dives:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Dive planner default setpoint</em>: Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
profile context menu.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> With this checkbox activated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint
values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Ceiling display setup</strong>. These settings mostly deal with nitrogen and helium management
by determining how the decompression ceiling (ascent ceiling) is calculated and displayed:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default
the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a
dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Algorithm for calculating ceiling</em>. Choose between the Bühlmann Z1H-L16
decompression model and the VPM-B model:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>VPM-B</em>: Provide a conservatism level for calculating the VPM-B ceiling. Values between 0
(least conservative) and 4 (most conservative) are valid.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Bühlmann: Set the <em>gradient factors</em> (GFLow and GFHigh) for calculcating the deco ceiling following
the ZH-L16 algorithm. GF_Low is the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used at the surface.
At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen and helium exposure during a dive, in a
similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
respect to inert gas loading and the deeper the ceilings are. Gradient
factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
harsh.
In addition decide whether to check the <em>GFLow at max. depth</em> box. If checked, GF_Low is used for the
deepest dive depth and linearly increased up to the GF_High value at the surface. If unchecked,
GF_Low is used between the deepest dive depth and the first deco stop, after which the
gradient factor linearly increases up to the GF_High value at the surface. For more information see:
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>pSCR options</em>. These preferences determine how passive semi-closed circuit (pSCR) dives
are planned and how the pSCR deco ceiling is calculated:
</p>
<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Metabolic rate:</em> this is the
volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
and decompression calculations.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>pSCR ratio:</em> The dilution ratio (or dump ratio) is the ratio of gas released to the
environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Misc</strong>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the
<strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there
was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Show mean depth</em>: If this box is checked, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that shows
the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before
ascent.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_language">13.4. Language</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref3_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Check the <em>System Default</em> language i.e. the language of the underlying
operating system if this is appropriate. This is the default setting in
<em>Subsurface</em>. To change it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language /
country combination from the list of locations. The <em>Filter</em> text box to
list similar languages. For instance there are several system variants of
English or French. <strong>This particular preference requires a restart of
<em>Subsurface</em> to take effect</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In this section also specify appropriate date and time formats for showing
dive details.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_network">13.5. Network</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs
to communicate with web services such as Cloud storage, the
<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a> or when you want to communicate
through a proxy.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref5_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Proxy</em>:
If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
from your ISP.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
and password are required. This lets <em>Subsurface</em> email security information
regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately.
Two additional options are given:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
while you do other things within <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When you subscribe to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_georeference">13.6. Georeference</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates
of a dive site) derived from a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom
right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or from the
<em>Subsurface</em> Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find the
name of the closest known location. This function only works if <em>Subsurface</em>
has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be
configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> or <em>City/State/Country</em> (see image
below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Pref7_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Georeference panel" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">14. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessed by selecting
<em>Log &#8594; Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of inert gas
load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition
of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker, or using the VPM-B model.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
used under the following conditions:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
perform dive planning.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
<em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
or personal history or life style characteristics.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
used.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
not use this feature.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">14.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
into the sections on the left hand and bottom side of the screen. They are:
Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> on which the profile of the
dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
use.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">14.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Open Circuit (the default)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
CCR
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
pSCR
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Choose the Open Circuit option.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive
parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended
dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in meters,
assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
<a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the
cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown
list, then specify the start pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the
oxygen concentration (O<sub>2</sub>%) field empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain
air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in the boxes
provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to
the top right-hand of the dialogue.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The <em>Available Gases</em> table includes three gas depth fields, labelled:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Deco switch at: the switch depth for deco gases. Unless overridden by the user, this will be
automatically calculated based on the Deco pO<sub>2</sub> preference (default 1.6 bar)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Bot. MOD: the gas Maximum Operating Depth (MOD) if it is used as a bottom mix. Automatically
calculated based on the Bottom pO<sub>2</sub> preference (default 1.4 bar). Editing this field will modify the
O<sub>2</sub>% according to the depth set. Set to <em>'*</em>' to calculate the best O<sub>2</sub>% for the dive maximum depth.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
MND: the gas Maximum Narcotic Depth (MND). Automatically calculated based on the Best Mix END
preference (default 30m / 98 ft). Editing this field will modify the He% according to the depth set.
Set to <em>'*</em>' to calculate the best He% for the dive maximum depth.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to
represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by double-clicking
the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by right-clicking a
particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from the resulting
context menu.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC
setpoint</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_recreational_dives">14.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-decompression limit (NDL).
It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current depth without needing mandatory decompression
stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes
into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a
way that can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? Using
recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into account. But few dives are
done at a constant depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This means
dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em>
dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives,
in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver gets <em>credit,</em>
in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum depth during
previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned.
For the planner to work it&#8217;s crucial to upload all previous dives
onto <em>Subsurface</em> before doing dive planning.
To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows
calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
working cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
<em>Available gases</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate,
under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom
section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The
reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need to bring a
buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in sharing
depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so
most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40
or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> can do better
because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas
during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). Subsurface still uses a fixed
pressure "reserve" but that&#8217;s supposed to be for the additional gas used
when there&#8217;s a problem and your pulse rate goes up when you start to buddy
breathe. This reserve amount is user configurable.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If
this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table. <em>Subsurface</em> will
automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration
within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
considered safe for recreational divers.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco
limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings
specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30
meters. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the
dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder. That is shown in the
text box at the bottom right of the panel, requiring sufficient air for
buddy-sharing during ascent.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Planner_OC_rec.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">14.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
using multiple breathing gases. These dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GFHigh and GFLow
need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
the planner), the new values are
used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>.
Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive.
** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model
tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often
results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model, albeit
at the cost of higher tissue compartment pressures in the slow tissues.
When selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact
physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
practice.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
<a href="https://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&amp;ie=UTF8&amp;qid=1403932320&amp;sr=1-1&amp;keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
1-905492-07-3. An excellent non-technical review that discusses both the
Bühlmann deco model and the VPM-B model.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
and is specified for several depth ranges, using the mean depth as a
yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is shown by a light grey line on
the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often in the range of
8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in the range of
4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop to first
depth</em> is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the
maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive setup.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
Commonly used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. The depth at which switching to a gas
takes place can be edited in the
<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally, the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has decreased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary
consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of
gas within the dive
cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess
is not sufficient and you needs to
monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to
the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept
for unforeseen circumstances.
For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.
In addition to calculating the total gas consumption for every cylinder the planner provides one way
of calculating the recommended volume of bottom gas which is needed for safe asscent to the
first deco gas change depth or the surface. This procedure is called the "minimum gas" or "rock bottom"
consideration and it is used by various (but not all)
technical diving organisations. The calculation assumes that in worst case an out of gas (OoG)
situation could occur at the end of the planned bottom time at maximum depth. This OoG event forces
the buddy team the share the gas of one diver and to stay at maximum depth for an additional
time of n minutes (preferences option "problem solving time").
At the same moment the combined SAC of both divers is increased by a estimated factor (preferences option
"SAC factor") compared to the SAC factor of a single diver under normal conditions.
The result of the minimum gas calculation for the bottom gas is printed to the planner output as an
additional information. No automatic checks are performed based on this result.
Please take care that the feature only gives valid results for simple, rectengular shaped single
level dive profiles. For multi level dives one would need to check every leg of the profile independently.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. <em>Subsurface</em>
offers an unique graphical interface for doing planning. The mechanics are
similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of
<em>Subsurface</em>. Upon activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for
20 min is offered in the blue design surface to the top right hand of the
screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a
mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and
ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to
represent the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify
the ascent part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the
existing settings. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or
gas) are exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from BLUE to
RED.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure the <em>Used Gas</em> value in
each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in
the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main features of
the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and deep stops
(if these are implemented). In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional
way points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that dive. A
waypoint can also be moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys. The
waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand
in order to get a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, it is
sometimes more easy to create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained
in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These
changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the
table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used, automatic gas
switches will be planned during the ascent to the surface.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC setpoint" column of the table of dive planner
points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode and the planner only
considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using Tx21/35, followed by an
ascent using EAN50 and oxygen and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Planner_OC_deco_VPM.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the <em>Save</em> button
towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear in
the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">14.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File &#8594; Preferences &#8594; Profile</em>
from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
ratio (default 1:10) as well as the metabolic rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
details</em>. A typical pSCR cylinder setup is very similar to an open circuit dive;
one or more drive cilinders, possibly with different bottom and decompression
gasses, including gas switches during the dive like in open circuit diving.
Therefore, the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
are very similar to that of a open circuit dive plan, described above. However, no oxygen setpoints
are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">14.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File &#8594; Preferences &#8594; Profile</em> from
the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated
using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but
this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Replan">14.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is no way to
change a saved dive plan. To change a dive plan, select it on the <strong>Dive
List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log &#8594; Re-plan dive</em>. This will open
the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes to be made
and saved as usual.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
dive and adds a (possibly modified, - earlier dives are now taken into
account -) copy to the dive list. If that copy is saved with the same start
time as the original, the two dives are considered two versions of the same
dive and do not influence other each during decompression calculation (see
next section).</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">14.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
repetitive dive set are specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures and the affect
of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning another dive,
then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been logged then
activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive, the
planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive and
plans accordingly.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you
want to plan a dive using this configuration, highlight the template dive in
the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes into account the
configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">14.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
Plan Details</em> for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the <em>Dive Plan
Details</em> to include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>However, after the plan has been saved, it is represented in a way very
similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be accessed in the
same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the dive plan
is to use the <em>File &#8594; Print</em> function on the main menu in the same way as
for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_MergeDivePlan">14.8. Saving a dive with its dive plan</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In the section dealing with <a href="#S_MultipleDiveComputers">dives using more than one dive computer</a> we discussed the way in which multiple profiles for a
single dive can be viewed using the left-arrow and right-arrow keyboard
keys. A similar method can be used for saving a dive plan with the profile
of the actual dive, once this has been uploaded into <em>Subsurface</em>. In order
to do this:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Do the dive planning and save the final plan in the <em>Dive List</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Après la plongée, télécharger les données depuis l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Change the date and time of the <em>dive plan</em> to coincide with that of the
real-life dive from the <em>dive computer</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the <em>Dive List</em>, highlight the dive plan as well as the data for the real
dive and merge the two dives, making use of the Dive List Context Menu
(available by righ-clicking a dive).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The text version of the dive plan is appended to the Notes in the <em>Notes
Tab</em>. With this merged dive highlighted in the <em>Dive List</em>, switch between
the planned profile and the real-life profile using the
righ-arrow/left-arrow keyboard keys.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_running_em_subsurface_em_from_the_command_line">15. Running <em>Subsurface</em> from the command-line</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> can be launched from the command-line to set some specialised
settings or as part of an script-based automated process for manipulating a
dive log. The format for launching <em>Subsurface</em> from the command-line is:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface [options] [logfile ...] [--import logfile ...]</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The options include:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Command-line option</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--help</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print a summary of the command-line options</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">-h</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print a summary of the command-line options</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--import logfile</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">A file name before this option is treated as an existing dive log, everything after is imported into the existing dive log</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--verbose</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print debug information while running <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">-v</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print debug information while running <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">-v -v</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Print even more debug information while running <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--version</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Prints the current version of <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--survey</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Opens the <a href="#S_UserSurvey">user survey</a> immediately after starting <em>Subsurface</em></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--user=&lt;username&gt;</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Choose the <a href="#S_user_space">configuration space</a> of user &lt;username&gt;</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--cloud-timeout=&lt;duration&gt;</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Set the timeout for cloud connection (0 &lt; duration &lt; 60). This enables longer timeouts for slow Internet connections</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--win32console</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Create a dedicated console if needed (Windows only). Add this option before everything else</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">--win32log</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Write the program output to subsurface.log (Windows only). Add option before everything else</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">16. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_fichier">16.1. Fichier</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in
<a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to
<a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Take cloud storage online</em> -
<strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
formats.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
ouvert.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives
have been moved to
a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
configuration d&#8217;un ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_edit">16.2. Edit</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The Edit option allows one to undo or redo an action, e.g. deleting dives.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importer">16.3. Importer</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
informations de plongées à partir d&#8217;un fichier d&#8217;un format compatible avec
<em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l&#8217;application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
(téléphones et tablettes).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_journal_log">16.4. Journal (log)</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from
a dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Planifier des plongées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - Copier les
informations de plusieurs champs d&#8217;un journal de plongée vers le
presse-papier.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
préalable avec l&#8217;option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
<strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour coordonner vos journaux (logs).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_vue">16.5. Vue</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
<em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
<strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
plongée</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
mondiale</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
plongées effectuées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was
logged from more than one. See the sections on
<a href="#S_MultipleDiveComputers">using multiple dive computers for the same dive</a>
and <a href="#S_MergeDivePlan">Saving an uploaded dive with its dive plan</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée suivant.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_share_on">16.6. Share on</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre
Facebook.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_aide">16.7. Aide</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
<em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Check for updates</em> - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is
available on the <a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre
sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">17. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d&#8217;exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">17.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Le système d&#8217;exploitation de l&#8217;ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
communiquer avec l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
l&#8217;utilisateur n&#8217;ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l&#8217;infra-rouge.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
première fois que l&#8217;utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct driver. For
example the correct driver for the Mares Puck devices or any other dive
computer using a USB-to-serial interface based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or
similar chip can be found as <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> at the
<a href="https://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&amp;f=USB%20Bridges&amp;pn=CP2101">Silicon
Labs document and software repository</a>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">17.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Lors de la connexion d&#8217;un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l&#8217;USB,
<em>Subsurface</em> proposera généralement soit une liste déroulante avec le bon
nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n&#8217;est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques méthodes pour trouver le nom
de votre périphérique ;</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
connectés.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Déconnecter le cable USB de l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Ouvrir un terminal
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Connecter le cable USB de l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
USB Serial support registered for generic
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l&#8217;adaptateur FTDI USB est
détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
utilisée pour les paramètres d&#8217;importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>S&#8217;assurer que l&#8217;utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
USB :</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
que par des utilisateurs membres d&#8217;un groupe spécial qui peut être <code>dialout</code>
ou <code>uucp</code>. Cela peut être vérifié en listant les permissions associées au
périphérique, par exemple via <code>ls - l /dev/ttyUSB0</code>. Notez que le numéro
dans le nom de fichier dépend du nombre de périphériques USB que vous avez
branchés et peut être ajusté au besoin.Si vous n'êtes pas root, vous n'êtes
peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas utiliser le port
USB. Admettons que votre nom d&#8217;utilisateur soit <em>johnB</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
d&#8217;Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
<code>dialout</code>.
Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
vérifiez que
l&#8217;appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
être listé
parmi les différents IDs.
Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu&#8217;après une déconnexion
puis reconnexion sur l&#8217;ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
en écriture au port USB, l&#8217;ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">17.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
different procedure to get the device’s name to communicate with
<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer&#8217;s user
guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select <em>Dive Log &#8594;
Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">17.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
choose <em>Control Panel &#8594; Bluetooth Devices &#8594; Add Wireless Device</em>. This
should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
<em>Properties&#8594; COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_sur_macos">17.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
Device&#8230;</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_sur_linux">17.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right of
the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties with
some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try that
first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have
a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
process.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Establish an RFCOMM connection
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Download the dives with Subsurface
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>,
<em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em> cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then
<em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and
will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait
CMD &#8230;</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from
Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in
the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method doesn&#8217;t work, pair the device from the command
line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
status.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>$ hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*DOWN*
RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional
controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it&#8217;s easiest to turn off the
unused controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
5, such as Fedora 22, you can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>bluetoothctl
[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
[bluetooth]# agent on
Agent registered
[bluetooth]# default-agent
Default agent request successful
[bluetooth]# scan on &lt;----now set your dive computer to upload mode
Discovery started
[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 &lt;----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
Pairing successful
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It&#8217;s ok if the last line says
<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
Scanning ...
00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive computer is paired, set up the RFCOMM connection.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i &lt;controller&gt; connect &lt;dev&gt; &lt;bdaddr&gt; [channel]</code></p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<code>&lt;controller&gt;</code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<code>&lt;dev&gt;</code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<code>&lt;bdaddr&gt;</code> is the dive computer&#8217;s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer&#8217;s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you omit it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
mode and enter:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
in the list above doesn&#8217;t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
Service Name: Serial Port
Service RecHandle: 0x10000
Service Class ID List:
"Serial Port" (0x1101)
Protocol Descriptor List:
"L2CAP" (0x0100)
"RFCOMM" (0x0003)
Channel: 5</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer&#8217;s
upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
<em>Import&#8594;Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">18. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">18.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
you don’t enter a device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA
file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this
is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
distribution. On Fedora it usually is
<em>/var/run/media/&lt;your_username&gt;/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that you
cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time you download
dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is
straightforward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
download will continue where it stopped previously. You may have to do this
more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">18.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo dive
computer and download dive information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
available from some Internet web sites e.g.
<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on the download page for the
ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">18.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
file for every dive. Mark all the dives you&#8217;d like to import or open.
Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
factors in the <em>Profile Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
the DR5.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">18.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
option in BLACK&#8217;s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
in the <em>Profile Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
BLACK.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">18.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the
section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">18.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilizes the
IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
in three files:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
extension)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log
information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">18.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to
Clipboard</em>".
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import &#8594; Import log files</em> to open the
<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled
<em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file created. An import
dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the
<em>.apd</em> file. If changes are required,
do this as for <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD
dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is
DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible
to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first importing
CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs for the two dive computers are viewed by
selecting <em>View &#8594; Next DC</em> from the Main Menu after the uploading has been
completed)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive computer-
generated ceiling provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the
appropriate button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder pressure data
are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the
<em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">19. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
<em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">19.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">DiveManager is a Windows application for Suunto dive computers. Divemanager
3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent Suunto dive
computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The different
versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file naming
conventions to export dive log data.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
appropriate dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
last dive
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File &#8594; Export</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
<em>Export Path</em>.
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
A file-manager like window pops up
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Navigate to the directory for storing the
Divelog.SDE file
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Optionally change the name of the file for saving
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Save</em>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
dives are stored. You can either look for the original database or make a
backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>Help &#8594; About</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Ouvrir l&#8217;explorateur Windows
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we&#8217;ll use
DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Save</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">19.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows downloading
of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. The divelog is
kept in a SQLite database at
C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">19.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular
computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy of
the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format
which can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Within Dive Organizer, select <em>Database &#8594; Backup</em> from the main menu and
back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Rename the file to DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
file <em>DiveOrganizer.sdf</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">19.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and information of
what units are used. With database import, all this information is included
and readily available.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
In DivingLog open the <em>File &#8594; Export &#8594; SQLite</em> menu
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>Settings</em> button
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Close the Settings dialog
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’s own format. Last step to
do is save the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_annexe_d_exporter_un_tableur_vers_le_format_csv">20. ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
données peuvent facilement être importées dans <em>Subsurface</em> après que le
tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans <em>Subsurface</em>. Créer un
fichier CSV est simple malgré que la procédure soit différente selon le
tableur utilisé.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so the first row contains the
names (or titles) of each column and the information for each dive is stored
in a single row. <em>Subsurface</em> supports many data items (Dive number, Date,
Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max. Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight
and Tags). Organize dive data following a few simple rules:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Système d&#8217;unité : un seul système d&#8217;unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
entre les unités impériales et métriques)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
virgules.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Position GPS : utilisez les degrés décimaux, par exemple : 30.22496
30.821798
=== <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em>
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
this:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File &#8594;
Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import
the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing
CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">20.1. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
Windows machine uses the new character as a separator. You can change the
character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
outlined below.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>Control Panel</em>
from the list on the right-hand side.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do the following: ** In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then click
<em>Customize this format</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
file, type the word TAB in the box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>OK</em> twice.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Be sure the
appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
text editor, then import the dive data as explained on the section
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">21. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d&#8217;impression personnalisé</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs
to produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well
as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by
<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box lets you <em>Edit</em>, <em>Delete</em>,
<em>Import</em> and <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or modified
templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the dive log
being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select one of the
templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue (see image
<strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired
printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel has three tabs:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and color
template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are
editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colors used for
printing the dive log. The colors are highly customizable: the <em>Edit</em>
buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different
components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in a highly simple but
efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and
saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as the dive being
processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> template is a skeleton with no specific
print instructions. The information printed needs to be specified and
formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with: "&lt;!--
Template must be filled -&#8594;". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it
should be rendered.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in
the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the
template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">21.1. Main dive loop</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> back
end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:
.template.html</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
&lt;h1&gt; {{ dive.number }} &lt;/h1&gt;
{% endfor %}</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> &lt;h1&gt; 1 &lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;h1&gt; 2 &lt;/h1&gt;
&lt;h1&gt; 3 &lt;/h1&gt;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found
<a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">21.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) date of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) divemaster for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) SAC value for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of dive tags for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of gases used in the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">suit</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the suit used for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinders</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used cylinders</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinder0-7</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific cylinder</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weights</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used weight systems</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weight0-5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific weight system</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">maxcns</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) maxCNS value for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">otu</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) OTU value for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sumWeight</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the summed weight of all used weight systems</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">startPressure</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the start pressure</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">endPressure</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the end pressure</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">firstGas</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) first used gas</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
is shown in the following table:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">template.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable
contains a single member:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">template.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> body {
{{ print_options.grayscale }};
}</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> body {
-webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
}</code></pre>
</div></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">21.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses special
<em>CSS</em> selectors to search in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors in the
following table should be added.</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used
in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_special_attributes">21.4. Special attributes</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to fit as many dives as possible into
one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
rendering mode.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
render 6 dives per page:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> &lt;body data-numberofdives = 6&gt;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
render as much dives as possible:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> &lt;body data-numberofdives = 0&gt;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
page size.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">22. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">22.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, gas
consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
end pressure)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>and that&#8217;s true for an ideal gas, and it&#8217;s what you get taught in dive
theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn&#8217;t actually exist, and real gases actually
don&#8217;t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
one atmosphere of pressure isn&#8217;t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
calculation is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
It&#8217;s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
fairly small issue under 220 bar - you&#8217;ll see more differences when you do
high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
pressure.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">22.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer&#8230;</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
it&#8217;s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It&#8217;s
even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
at the surface. And then you don&#8217;t want that to count as some kind of long
dive”.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">22.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones, even
though my dive computer&#8217;s manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
dives? <em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the
log. The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total
amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the
dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The exact
amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on sample
interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives
get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last
13, 30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can import
these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
<div id="footer">
<div id="footer-text">
Last updated
2017-07-04 13:38:54 CEST
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
Reference in a new issue View git blame Copy permalink